1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type
;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The number of global .got entries. */
146 unsigned int global_gotno
;
147 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
148 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
149 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
150 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
151 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
152 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
153 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
154 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
155 unsigned int local_gotno
;
156 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
157 unsigned int page_gotno
;
158 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
159 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
160 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
161 struct htab
*got_entries
;
162 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
163 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
164 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
165 unless multi-got was necessary. */
166 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
167 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
168 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
169 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
170 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
171 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
172 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
173 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
174 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
177 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
179 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
182 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
185 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
186 create and merge bfd's gots. */
188 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
190 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
192 /* The output bfd. */
194 /* The link information. */
195 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
196 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
197 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
199 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
200 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
202 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
203 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
205 unsigned int max_count
;
206 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
207 unsigned int max_pages
;
208 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
209 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
210 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
212 unsigned int global_count
;
215 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
217 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
219 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
221 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
222 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
225 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
226 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
228 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
230 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
234 struct _mips_elf_section_data
236 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
243 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
244 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
246 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
247 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
248 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
249 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
251 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
252 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
253 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
254 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
255 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
256 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
258 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
259 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
260 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
261 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
262 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
265 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
266 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
267 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
269 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
272 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
273 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
276 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
278 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
282 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
284 to a separate trampoline section.
286 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
287 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
288 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
289 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
290 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
291 asection
*stub_section
;
293 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
296 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
297 in H->root.root.u.def. */
298 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
301 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
303 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
304 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
305 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
306 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
307 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
308 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
309 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
310 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
311 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
313 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
314 the dynamic symbols. */
316 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
318 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
320 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
321 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
322 symbol with a GOT entry. */
323 long min_got_dynindx
;
324 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
325 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
326 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
327 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
328 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
329 symbol without a GOT entry. */
330 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
333 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
334 the global hash table. */
336 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
338 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
340 /* External symbol information. */
343 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
344 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
346 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
348 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
350 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
351 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
354 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
355 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
358 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
359 being called returns a floating point value. */
360 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
364 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
366 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
367 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
368 unsigned char tls_type
;
370 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
371 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
372 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
373 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
374 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
375 overloaded already. */
376 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
415 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
417 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
419 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
421 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
422 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
424 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
425 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
427 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
428 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
429 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
431 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
432 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
434 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
435 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
437 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
438 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
440 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
441 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
443 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
444 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
446 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
457 /* The master GOT information. */
458 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
460 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
462 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
464 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
465 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
467 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
468 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
470 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
471 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
473 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
476 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
477 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
479 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
480 See the comment above that structure for details. */
481 asection
*strampoline
;
483 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
487 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
488 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
489 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
490 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
492 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
494 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
497 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
499 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
500 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
501 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
503 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
504 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
506 /* The usual link-wide information. */
507 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
510 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
514 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
516 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
518 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
519 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
521 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
525 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
527 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
528 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
530 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
531 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
532 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
533 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
534 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
535 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
536 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
537 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
538 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
539 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
540 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
541 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
542 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
543 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
544 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
545 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
546 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
547 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
548 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
549 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
550 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
551 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
552 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
553 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
554 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
555 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
556 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
557 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
559 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
564 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
565 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
566 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
570 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
572 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
575 "_procedure_string_table",
576 "_procedure_table_size",
580 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
585 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
586 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
587 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
588 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
589 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
590 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
599 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
600 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
601 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
605 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
606 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
607 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
608 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
609 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
610 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
615 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
616 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
617 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
618 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
619 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
627 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
633 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
635 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
637 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
638 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
639 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
640 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
641 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
642 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
643 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
644 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
646 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
647 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
648 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
649 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
650 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
652 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
653 has different meaning for each type:
656 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
657 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
658 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
659 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
662 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
663 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
664 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
665 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
667 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
668 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
669 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
670 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
672 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
673 loader for use by the static exception system. */
675 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
676 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
677 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
678 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
679 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
680 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
681 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
682 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
683 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
684 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
686 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
688 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
689 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
691 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
692 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
693 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
694 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
695 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
696 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
698 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
699 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
700 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
701 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
702 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
704 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
705 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
706 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
707 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
709 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
710 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
712 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
713 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
714 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
715 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
716 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
718 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
719 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
720 for RM9000 for now. */
721 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
722 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
724 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
725 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
727 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
729 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
730 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
732 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
734 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
735 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
736 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
738 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
739 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
740 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
742 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
743 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
744 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
746 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
747 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
749 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
750 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
751 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
753 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
754 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
755 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
757 /* The name of the options section. */
758 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
759 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
761 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
762 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
763 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
764 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
766 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
767 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
768 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
769 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
771 /* The name of the stub section. */
772 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
774 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
775 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
776 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
778 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
779 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
780 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
782 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
783 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
784 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
786 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
787 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
788 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
790 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
791 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
792 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
794 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
795 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
796 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
798 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
799 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
800 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
802 /* Get word-sized data. */
803 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
804 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
806 /* Put out word-sized data. */
807 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
809 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
810 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
812 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
813 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
814 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
816 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
818 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
820 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
821 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
823 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
824 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
825 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
827 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
828 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
829 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
830 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
832 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
833 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
835 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
836 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
838 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
839 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
840 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
842 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
844 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
846 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
847 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
849 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
850 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
851 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
853 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
854 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
855 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
856 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
857 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
858 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
859 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
861 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
862 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
864 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
865 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
867 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
870 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
871 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
872 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
873 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
876 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
877 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
878 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
879 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
880 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
881 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
882 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
883 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
885 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
886 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
888 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
890 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
891 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
894 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
895 floating point arguments.
897 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
898 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
899 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
900 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
901 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
902 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
903 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
904 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
906 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
907 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
908 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
909 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
910 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
911 stub should be discarded.
913 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
914 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
915 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
916 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
917 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
918 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
919 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
922 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
923 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
924 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
926 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
928 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
929 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
930 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
932 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
933 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
934 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
936 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
937 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
939 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
940 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
941 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
942 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
943 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
944 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
945 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
946 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
949 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
950 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
951 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
953 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
954 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
955 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
956 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
957 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
958 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
959 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
960 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
963 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
964 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
965 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
967 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
968 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
969 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
970 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
971 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
972 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
973 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
974 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
977 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
978 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
980 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
981 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
982 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
983 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
986 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
987 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
989 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
990 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
991 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
992 0x00000000, /* nop */
993 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
997 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
998 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1000 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1001 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1002 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1003 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1004 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1005 0x00000000, /* nop */
1006 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1007 0x00000000 /* nop */
1010 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1011 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1013 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1014 0x00000000, /* nop */
1015 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1016 0x00000000, /* nop */
1017 0x00000000, /* nop */
1018 0x00000000 /* nop */
1021 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1022 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1024 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1025 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1028 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1031 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1033 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1034 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1037 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1040 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1042 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1045 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1047 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1048 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1049 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1052 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1054 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1055 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1057 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1060 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1061 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1063 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1064 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1067 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1069 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1070 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1072 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1076 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1078 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1079 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1081 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1084 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1086 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1087 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1088 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1090 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1091 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1093 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1096 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1098 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1100 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1101 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1102 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1106 /* Set local fields. */
1107 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1108 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1109 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1112 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1113 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1114 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1115 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1116 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
1117 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1118 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1119 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1120 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1121 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1122 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1123 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1124 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1127 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1130 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1133 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1135 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1140 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1142 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1144 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1145 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1147 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1150 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1153 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1156 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1157 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1160 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1161 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1164 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1167 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1168 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1170 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1171 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1174 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1175 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1178 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1179 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1181 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1183 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1184 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1185 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1188 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1189 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1190 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1191 goto error_return; \
1192 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1193 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1194 goto error_return; \
1197 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1198 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1199 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1200 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1201 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1202 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1204 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1205 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1206 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1207 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1208 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1216 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1218 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1220 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1221 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1222 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1223 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1224 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1225 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1226 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1227 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1228 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1229 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1230 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1232 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1233 free (debug
->ssext
);
1234 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1235 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1236 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1237 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1238 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1239 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1243 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1246 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1248 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1251 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1252 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1253 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1255 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1256 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1258 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1261 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1264 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1265 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1266 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1268 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1269 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1271 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1273 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1274 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1278 bfd_size_type count
;
1279 unsigned long sindex
;
1283 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1291 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1293 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1294 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1297 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1299 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1303 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1306 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1307 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1311 size
= sizeof (char *);
1312 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1316 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1317 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1318 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1322 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1325 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1326 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1329 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1332 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1333 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1335 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1336 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1337 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1338 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1339 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1340 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1341 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1342 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1343 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1344 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1346 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1347 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1351 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1352 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1353 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1356 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1360 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1363 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1365 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1366 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1367 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1368 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1370 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1371 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1372 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1374 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1376 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1378 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1380 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1381 matters, but someday it might). */
1382 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1411 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1412 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1415 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1416 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1417 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1420 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1421 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1424 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1427 /* Create a new symbol. */
1428 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1430 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1431 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1435 /* Make it a local function. */
1436 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1437 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1439 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1443 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1444 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1448 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1449 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1452 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1453 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1458 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1459 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1460 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1461 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1462 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1464 /* Create a new symbol. */
1465 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1467 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1468 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1472 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1473 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1474 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1475 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1476 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1477 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1481 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1482 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1485 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1489 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1490 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1491 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1492 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1493 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1496 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1497 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1498 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1500 static unsigned long
1501 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1502 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1503 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1504 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1506 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1507 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1509 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1510 one in a compound relocation. */
1511 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1512 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1513 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1515 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1516 the traditional behavior. */
1517 if (relocs
< relend
)
1518 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1523 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1527 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1530 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1531 objects try to call them. */
1532 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1533 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1535 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1536 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1539 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1540 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1542 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1543 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1544 being included in the link. */
1545 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1546 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1547 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1548 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1551 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1552 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1554 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1555 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1556 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1557 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1558 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1559 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1560 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1563 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1564 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1566 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1567 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1568 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1569 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1570 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1571 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1572 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1576 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1579 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1581 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1583 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1584 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1585 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1589 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1591 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1593 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1594 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1595 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1596 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1597 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1598 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1601 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1602 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1606 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1607 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1610 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1612 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1616 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1617 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1618 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1619 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1625 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1626 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1627 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1628 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1629 entry points are of interest here. */
1632 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1634 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1635 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1636 && h
->root
.def_regular
1637 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1638 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1639 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1640 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1641 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1644 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1645 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1648 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1651 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1653 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1654 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1659 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1660 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1664 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1665 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1666 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1669 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1670 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1672 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1674 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1677 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1681 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1682 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1685 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1687 /* Create the section. */
1688 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1689 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1690 input_section
->output_section
);
1694 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1695 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1696 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1699 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1701 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1702 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1703 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1704 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1706 /* Allocate room for it. */
1711 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1712 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1713 the function symbol to it. */
1716 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1717 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1719 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1722 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1726 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1727 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1730 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1731 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1732 input_section
->output_section
);
1733 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1735 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1738 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1739 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1740 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1741 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1743 /* Allocate room for it. */
1748 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1749 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1752 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1755 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1756 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1757 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1762 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1763 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1767 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1768 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1772 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1776 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1779 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1780 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1784 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1785 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1791 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1792 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1793 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1794 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1796 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1797 return (use_trampoline_p
1798 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1799 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1802 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1803 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1806 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1808 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1810 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1811 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1812 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1814 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1816 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1817 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1818 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1821 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1822 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1823 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1824 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1826 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1828 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1829 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1831 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1840 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1841 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1844 The format of these instructions is:
1846 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1847 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1848 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1850 +-----------------------------------------------+
1852 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1853 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1855 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1856 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1857 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1858 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1859 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1860 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1861 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1862 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1863 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1864 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1867 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1868 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1869 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1870 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1871 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1872 value as two 16-bit values.
1874 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1878 +--------+----------------------+
1882 +--------+----------------------+
1885 +----------+------+-------------+
1889 +----------+--------------------+
1890 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1891 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1893 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1894 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1895 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1896 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1897 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1899 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1900 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1901 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1904 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1905 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1906 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1907 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1908 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1910 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1912 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1913 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1914 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1915 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1916 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1918 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1921 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1922 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1923 little-endian system. */
1925 static inline bfd_boolean
1926 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1931 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
1932 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
1933 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
1936 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
1937 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
1938 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
1939 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
1940 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
1941 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
1942 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
1950 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1952 static inline bfd_boolean
1953 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1955 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
1958 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1959 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1960 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1962 static inline bfd_boolean
1963 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1965 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
1966 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1967 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
1970 static inline bfd_boolean
1971 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1973 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
1974 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
1975 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
1978 static inline bfd_boolean
1979 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1981 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
1982 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
1983 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
1986 static inline bfd_boolean
1987 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1989 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
1992 static inline bfd_boolean
1993 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1995 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
1998 static inline bfd_boolean
1999 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2001 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2004 static inline bfd_boolean
2005 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2007 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2010 static inline bfd_boolean
2011 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2013 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2016 static inline bfd_boolean
2017 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2019 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2022 static inline bfd_boolean
2023 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2025 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2028 static inline bfd_boolean
2029 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2031 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2032 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2033 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
2036 static inline bfd_boolean
2037 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2039 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2040 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2041 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
2044 static inline bfd_boolean
2045 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2047 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2050 static inline bfd_boolean
2051 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2053 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2054 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2055 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2058 static inline bfd_boolean
2059 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2061 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2062 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2063 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2064 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2067 static inline bfd_boolean
2068 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2070 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2071 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2072 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2075 static inline bfd_boolean
2076 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2078 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2079 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2080 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2083 static inline bfd_boolean
2084 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2086 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2087 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2088 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2092 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2093 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2095 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2097 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2100 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2101 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2102 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2103 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2104 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2105 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2106 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2107 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2109 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2110 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2111 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2115 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2116 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2118 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2120 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2123 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2124 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2126 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2129 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2131 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2132 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2136 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2137 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2138 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2140 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2141 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2144 bfd_reloc_status_type
2145 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2146 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2147 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2151 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2153 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2156 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2158 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2159 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2161 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2162 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2164 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2165 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2167 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2169 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2170 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2171 an external symbol. */
2173 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2174 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2176 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2178 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2180 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2181 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2185 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2188 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2190 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2193 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2194 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2195 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2200 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2202 asection
*input_section
;
2206 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2208 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2210 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2211 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2212 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2214 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2215 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2216 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2217 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2219 bfd_reloc_status_type
2220 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2221 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2222 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2223 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2225 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2227 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2228 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2230 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2232 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2234 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2236 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2237 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2240 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2241 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2243 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2246 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2247 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2248 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2250 bfd_reloc_status_type
2251 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2252 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2253 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2255 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2256 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2257 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2258 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2259 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2260 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2263 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2264 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2267 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2268 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2269 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2271 bfd_reloc_status_type
2272 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2273 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2274 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2277 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2279 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2280 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2282 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2284 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2285 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2288 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2290 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2291 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2293 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2295 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2296 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2297 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2298 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2299 has a rightshift of 0. */
2300 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2301 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2302 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2303 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2304 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2305 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2307 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2308 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2309 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2311 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2312 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2314 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2317 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2321 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2322 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2326 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2327 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2328 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2330 bfd_reloc_status_type
2331 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2332 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2333 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2334 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2337 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2338 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2340 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2342 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2343 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2345 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2347 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2349 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2350 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2351 offset or address. */
2352 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2353 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2358 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2359 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2360 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2361 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2363 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2364 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2365 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2369 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2370 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2371 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2372 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2373 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2374 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2377 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2379 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2380 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2382 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2383 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2385 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2387 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2390 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2395 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2397 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2400 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2401 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2404 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2407 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2408 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2412 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2413 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2415 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2420 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2421 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2423 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2424 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2425 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2426 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2427 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2428 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2432 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2433 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2437 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2438 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2439 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2440 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2441 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2442 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2443 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2446 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2447 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2448 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2451 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2454 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2455 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2456 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2457 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2458 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2459 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2463 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2464 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2466 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2467 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2468 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2469 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2470 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2471 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2474 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2475 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2476 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2477 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2478 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2481 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2482 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2484 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2485 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2486 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2487 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2488 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2489 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2490 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2494 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2495 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2497 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2498 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2499 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2500 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2501 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2502 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2503 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2506 /* Swap in an options header. */
2509 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2510 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2512 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2513 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2514 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2515 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2518 /* Swap out an options header. */
2521 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2522 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2524 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2525 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2526 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2527 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2530 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2531 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2534 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2536 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2537 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2541 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2543 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2547 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2549 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2554 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2557 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2558 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2561 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2562 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2564 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2565 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2566 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2567 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2569 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2571 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2574 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2576 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2585 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2586 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2587 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2588 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2589 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2590 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2591 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2592 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2593 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2594 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2595 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2596 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2597 when generating a final executable. */
2600 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2602 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2604 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2606 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2608 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2609 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2610 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2611 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2612 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2614 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2615 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2616 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2617 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2618 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2626 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2629 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2630 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2631 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2632 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2633 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2634 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2636 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2637 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2641 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2643 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2644 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2645 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2647 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2648 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2649 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2651 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2653 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2654 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2655 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2656 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2658 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2660 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2661 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2662 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2665 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2667 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2668 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2669 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2674 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2675 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2677 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2678 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2679 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2680 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2683 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2685 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2686 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2687 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2688 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2689 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2690 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2691 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2692 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2693 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2694 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2695 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2696 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2697 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2698 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2699 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2700 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2701 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2703 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2707 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2708 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2711 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2712 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2713 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2714 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2716 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2717 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2718 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2719 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2721 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2722 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2723 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2724 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2725 + sec
->output_offset
2726 + output_section
->vma
);
2728 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2732 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2734 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2735 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2737 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2739 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2740 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2741 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2743 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2746 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2747 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2748 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
2749 + sec
->output_offset
2750 + output_section
->vma
);
2752 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2757 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2758 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2761 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2768 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2771 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2773 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2774 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2776 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2779 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2781 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2784 static INLINE hashval_t
2785 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2788 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2794 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2795 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2799 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2801 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2803 return entry
->symndx
2804 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
2805 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2807 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
2808 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2812 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2814 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2815 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2817 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2818 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2821 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2822 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2823 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2824 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2827 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2828 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2829 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2833 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2835 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2837 return entry
->symndx
2839 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2840 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
2841 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2842 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
2844 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
2845 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
2849 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2851 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2852 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2854 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2855 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2858 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2859 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2862 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2863 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2864 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2865 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2866 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2870 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2872 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2874 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2875 return entry
->abfd
->id
+ entry
->symndx
;
2879 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2881 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2883 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2884 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
2885 return entry1
->abfd
== entry2
->abfd
&& entry1
->symndx
== entry2
->symndx
;
2888 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2889 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2890 if creation fails. */
2893 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2899 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2900 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2901 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
2902 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2904 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2909 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2912 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2913 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2919 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2920 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2924 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2925 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2929 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2930 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2932 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2933 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2936 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2938 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2939 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2945 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2952 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2955 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2961 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2962 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2965 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2967 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2968 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2970 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2971 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2976 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2977 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2980 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2982 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2983 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2984 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2986 if (hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2987 || hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2990 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2992 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2998 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2999 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
3002 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
3004 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3005 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
3006 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
3008 if (hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3009 || hm
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3012 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
3017 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3020 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3022 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3027 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3029 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3031 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3032 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3034 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3036 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3037 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3039 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3042 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3043 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3045 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3048 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3051 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
3052 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
3053 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3057 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3059 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3060 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
3061 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3063 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3072 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3074 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3075 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3076 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3079 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
3082 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3084 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3085 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3088 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3089 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3090 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3091 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3092 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3094 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3095 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3097 /* General Dynamic. */
3098 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
3100 offset
= got_offset
;
3101 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3105 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3106 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3107 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3108 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
3111 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3112 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3113 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3114 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
3116 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3117 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
3121 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3122 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3123 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3124 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
3127 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3130 /* Initial Exec model. */
3131 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3133 offset
= got_offset
;
3138 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3139 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3141 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3142 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3144 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3145 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3146 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3147 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
3150 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3151 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3154 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3156 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3157 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3158 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3159 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3160 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3163 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3164 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3166 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3167 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3168 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3169 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3172 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
3175 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
3176 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
3177 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
3178 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3181 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
3182 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
3185 BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
)
3186 || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
)
3187 || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
));
3189 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
3191 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3193 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
3194 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
3195 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3200 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3202 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
3206 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3208 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
3215 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3216 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3217 will be negative. */
3220 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3221 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3223 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
3224 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3226 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3227 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3229 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
3231 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3232 section starts with reserved entries. */
3233 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
3235 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3236 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
3238 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3239 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3240 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3243 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3244 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3245 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3246 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3248 return got_address
- got_value
;
3251 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3252 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3253 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3254 offset can be found. */
3257 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3258 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3259 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3261 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3262 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3264 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3265 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3267 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3268 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3272 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3274 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && htab
->got_info
->next
== NULL
)
3275 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3276 hash table entry to track the index. */
3277 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
3278 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3280 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
3281 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3284 return entry
->gotidx
;
3287 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3290 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3291 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3293 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3295 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
3296 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3298 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3299 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3301 gg
= g
= htab
->got_info
;
3302 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
3304 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
3306 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
3308 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3309 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3313 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
3316 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
3318 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
3320 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3322 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3323 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3324 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3325 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3326 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3327 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3328 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3330 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
3331 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
3338 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3339 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3341 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3344 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3345 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3347 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3348 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3349 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3350 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3351 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3352 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3354 got_index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
3355 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
3359 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3360 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3361 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3363 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3364 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3365 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3367 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3372 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3373 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3374 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3375 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3376 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3379 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3380 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3382 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3383 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3385 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3386 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3387 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3392 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3395 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3400 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3401 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3402 symbol that binds locally. */
3405 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3406 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3408 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3410 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3411 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3412 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3413 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3415 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3417 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3418 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3419 same in all cases. */
3420 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3421 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3423 return entry
->gotidx
;
3428 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3432 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3433 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3435 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3439 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3440 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3443 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3444 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3446 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3449 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3450 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3451 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3454 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3455 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3456 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3457 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3458 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3461 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3462 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3463 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3465 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3466 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3470 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
3473 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, ibfd
);
3476 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, abfd
);
3477 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3480 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3482 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3483 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3485 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
3488 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3490 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
3496 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3502 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
3503 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
3509 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3514 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3517 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3522 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3524 if (g
->assigned_gotno
> g
->local_gotno
)
3526 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
3527 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3528 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3529 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3530 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3534 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
3535 (htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
3537 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3538 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3540 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3543 bfd_vma got_address
;
3545 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3546 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3547 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3550 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3551 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3552 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3553 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3554 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3560 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3561 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3562 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3563 the current linking stage. */
3565 static bfd_size_type
3566 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3568 bfd_size_type count
;
3571 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3574 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3576 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3577 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3578 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3579 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3580 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3586 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3587 appear towards the end. */
3590 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3592 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3593 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3594 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3596 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3599 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3600 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3607 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3608 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3609 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3610 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3611 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3612 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3613 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3616 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3617 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3618 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3619 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3620 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3621 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3622 == g
->global_gotno
);
3624 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3625 table index in the GOT. */
3626 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3631 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3632 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3636 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3638 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3640 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3642 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3645 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3648 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3652 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3653 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3656 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3657 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3658 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3659 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3666 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3667 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3668 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3669 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3672 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3673 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3674 bfd_boolean for_call
,
3675 unsigned char tls_flag
)
3677 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3678 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3679 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3680 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3682 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3683 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3685 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3687 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3689 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3691 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3693 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3697 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3700 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3704 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3706 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3710 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3713 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3716 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3717 need to do it again. */
3720 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3724 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3730 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3732 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3735 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3740 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3741 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3744 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3745 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3746 unsigned char tls_flag
)
3748 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3749 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3750 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3752 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3753 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3756 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3759 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3760 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3761 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3762 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
3763 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
3767 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
3770 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3772 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
3775 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3783 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3784 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
3786 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
3788 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3790 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
3796 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
3800 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3805 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3810 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3813 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
3815 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3818 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3819 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3821 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3822 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3823 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3826 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3827 long symndx
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3829 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3830 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3831 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3832 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
3833 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
3836 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3837 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3840 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3842 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3844 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3845 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3849 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3851 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
3854 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3859 entry
->symndx
= symndx
;
3860 entry
->ranges
= NULL
;
3861 entry
->num_pages
= 0;
3865 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3867 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
3868 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
3869 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
3871 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3872 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3873 a new singleton range. */
3875 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3877 range
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*range
));
3881 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
3882 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3883 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3891 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3892 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3894 /* Update the ranges. */
3895 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
3896 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3897 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
3899 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3901 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
3902 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
3903 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
3906 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3909 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3910 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3911 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
3913 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3914 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3920 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3923 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3929 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3930 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3932 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3933 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3935 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3936 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3941 /* Make room for a null element. */
3942 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3945 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3949 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3950 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3953 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3955 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3956 bfd_boolean
*must_recreate
;
3958 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3959 must_recreate
= (bfd_boolean
*) data
;
3960 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3962 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3965 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3966 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3968 *must_recreate
= TRUE
;
3975 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3976 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3977 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3981 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3984 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3987 new_got
= (htab_t
*) data
;
3988 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3989 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3991 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3994 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3995 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3997 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3998 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4002 slot
= htab_find_slot (*new_got
, entry
, INSERT
);
4013 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4014 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
4017 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4019 bfd_boolean must_recreate
;
4022 must_recreate
= FALSE
;
4023 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &must_recreate
);
4026 new_got
= htab_create (htab_size (g
->got_entries
),
4027 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4028 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4029 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &new_got
);
4030 if (new_got
== NULL
)
4033 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
4034 g
->got_entries
= new_got
;
4039 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4040 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4041 in the master GOT. */
4044 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4046 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4047 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4048 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4050 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4051 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4053 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4055 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4056 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4057 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4058 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4059 live in the local GOT.
4061 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4062 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4063 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4064 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1
4065 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
4066 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4067 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
4069 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4070 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4071 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4072 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4074 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4076 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4077 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4078 && h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4079 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4080 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4081 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4082 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4086 if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4087 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4093 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4096 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
4098 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
4099 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
4101 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
4104 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4107 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
4109 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
4110 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
4111 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
4112 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
4114 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
4117 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4118 be the master GOT data. */
4120 static struct mips_got_info
*
4121 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4123 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
4129 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
4130 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
4133 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4134 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4136 static struct mips_got_info
*
4137 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab
*bfd2got
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
4140 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
4141 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4144 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= input_bfd
;
4145 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
4146 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) *bfdgotp
;
4150 bfdgot
= ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)
4151 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
)));
4157 g
= ((struct mips_got_info
*)
4158 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
)));
4162 bfdgot
->bfd
= input_bfd
;
4165 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
4166 g
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4169 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
4171 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
4172 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4173 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
4174 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4175 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4178 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4179 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4180 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4190 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4191 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4192 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4196 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4198 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4199 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4200 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4202 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
4209 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4210 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4211 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
4216 if (entry
->tls_type
)
4218 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
4220 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
4223 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
4231 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4232 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4235 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4237 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4238 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*) p
;
4239 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4241 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
4248 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4249 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4250 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
4254 g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4258 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4259 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4260 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4261 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4262 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4265 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
,
4266 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4267 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4269 struct mips_got_info
*from
= bfd2got
->g
;
4270 unsigned int estimate
;
4272 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4273 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4274 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4275 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4277 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4279 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4280 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4282 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4283 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4284 conservatively as well. */
4285 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4286 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4288 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4290 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4291 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4294 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4297 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4298 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, arg
);
4299 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4302 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
, arg
);
4303 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4306 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4307 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4309 htab_delete (from
->got_entries
);
4310 htab_delete (from
->got_page_entries
);
4314 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4315 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4316 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4317 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4318 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4319 and then make make the new got current. */
4322 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
4324 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
4325 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
4326 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4327 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4328 unsigned int estimate
;
4333 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4334 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4335 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4336 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4337 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4339 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4340 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4341 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4342 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4343 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4345 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4347 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4348 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4351 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
4355 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4356 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4361 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4364 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4369 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4370 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4371 overflows anyway. */
4372 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4378 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4379 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4382 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4384 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4385 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
4387 unsigned char tls_type
;
4389 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4390 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
4393 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
4395 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
4397 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4398 hash table entry to track its index. */
4399 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
4401 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
4402 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
4403 tls_type
= entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
;
4407 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
4409 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4410 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4411 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4412 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4414 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
4417 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
4419 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
4420 tls_type
= entry
->tls_type
;
4423 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4424 if (tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
4425 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
4426 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
4427 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
4432 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4433 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4434 got) to the given VALUE.
4436 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4437 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4438 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4439 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4440 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4441 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4442 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4443 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4446 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4448 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4449 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
4450 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
4451 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4453 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
4454 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
4455 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
4456 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
4458 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4459 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4460 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4464 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
4465 if (arg
->info
->shared
4466 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4467 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4468 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4469 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
4472 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4478 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4479 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4480 lazy-binding stubs. */
4483 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4485 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4486 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4487 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4489 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4490 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4491 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4492 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4494 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4495 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4496 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4498 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4499 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4505 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4508 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4510 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4513 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
4517 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4521 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4522 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4525 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4526 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4529 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4530 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4532 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4533 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4534 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
4535 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4536 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4539 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4540 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4541 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4544 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
4545 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4546 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4549 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
4550 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4551 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4553 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4554 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4555 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4556 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4559 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4560 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
,
4562 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4565 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4566 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4567 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4568 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4569 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4570 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4571 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4572 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4574 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4576 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4577 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4578 to be the primary GOT. */
4579 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4580 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4583 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4584 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4586 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
4587 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
4588 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
4591 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
4592 g
->next
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4593 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
4594 g
->next
->page_gotno
= 0;
4595 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
4596 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
4597 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
4598 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4599 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
4600 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
4602 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4604 g
->next
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4605 mips_got_page_entry_eq
,
4607 if (g
->next
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4609 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
4612 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4613 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4615 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4619 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4620 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4621 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4622 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4625 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
4628 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
4629 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
4636 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
4638 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
4642 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4643 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4644 those that are actually referenced. */
4645 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4646 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4648 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
4649 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4650 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4651 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4652 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4653 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4654 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4656 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4657 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4658 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4659 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4660 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4661 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4662 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4663 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4664 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4665 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4666 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4667 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4668 points back to the master GOT. */
4669 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4670 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4677 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4679 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4680 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4681 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4682 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4683 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4685 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4686 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4687 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4692 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4693 all non-TLS entries. */
4694 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4695 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
4696 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4698 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4701 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4702 lazy-binding stubs. */
4704 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4708 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
4709 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
4710 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4713 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4714 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
4715 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4717 unsigned int save_assign
;
4719 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4720 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4721 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4722 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
4723 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
4724 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
4725 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4726 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4727 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
4728 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
<= g
->global_gotno
);
4730 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4733 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4734 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4735 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4736 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4737 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4742 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4749 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4750 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4752 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4753 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4754 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4755 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4757 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4759 while (relocation
< relend
)
4761 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4762 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4768 /* We didn't find it. */
4772 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4775 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4776 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4777 asection
**local_sections
)
4779 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4783 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4784 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4785 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4787 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4789 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4795 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4798 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4800 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4801 /* VALUE is negative. */
4802 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4807 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4808 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4812 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4814 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4816 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4817 /* The value is too big. */
4819 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4820 /* The value is too small. */
4827 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4830 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4832 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4835 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4838 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4841 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4848 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4851 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4854 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4861 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4864 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4865 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4868 register asection
*s
;
4870 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4872 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4875 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4877 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4878 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4881 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4887 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4890 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4893 register asection
*s
;
4894 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4895 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4896 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4898 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4900 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4901 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4903 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4907 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4908 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4910 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4911 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4912 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
4914 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
4918 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4919 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4920 are not creating a global offset table. */
4922 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4923 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4924 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4927 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4930 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4931 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
4934 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4937 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
4938 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4941 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
4942 g
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4946 g
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
4949 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4950 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4951 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4952 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4954 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4955 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4956 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4959 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
4960 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4962 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4963 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
4964 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
4967 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4975 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4976 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4977 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4980 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4982 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
4984 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4985 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4988 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4989 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4990 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4994 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
4995 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4997 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4998 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4999 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5000 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5001 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5002 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5009 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5010 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5011 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5012 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5013 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5017 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5024 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5025 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5026 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5028 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5029 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5030 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5032 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5033 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5034 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5035 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5037 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5038 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5039 asection
*input_section
,
5040 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5041 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5042 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5043 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5044 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5046 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5047 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5049 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5051 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5054 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5055 shared object file being produced. */
5057 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5060 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5062 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5063 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5064 during execution. */
5065 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5066 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5068 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5069 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5070 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5072 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5073 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5074 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5075 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5076 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5077 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5080 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5082 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5083 relocation value. */
5084 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5085 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5086 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5087 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5088 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5091 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5092 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5093 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5095 /* Parse the relocation. */
5096 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5097 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5098 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5099 + input_section
->output_offset
5100 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5102 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5103 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5105 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5106 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5107 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5108 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5110 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5111 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5112 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5115 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5116 must come before globals. */
5120 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5123 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5125 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5126 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5128 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5129 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5130 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5131 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5132 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5133 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5135 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5137 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5140 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5141 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5144 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5145 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5146 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5149 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5151 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5152 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5156 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5158 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5159 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5160 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5161 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5162 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5163 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5164 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5166 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5167 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5169 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5170 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5171 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5172 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5174 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5175 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5176 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5177 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5181 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5182 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5183 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5184 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5187 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5188 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5189 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5191 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5192 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5193 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5195 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5196 if (sec
->output_section
)
5197 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5198 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5199 + sec
->output_offset
);
5201 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5203 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5204 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5205 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5206 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5209 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5210 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5212 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5213 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5215 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5216 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5217 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5218 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5219 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5221 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5222 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5225 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5227 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5228 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5229 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5230 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5231 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5232 which is available from here:
5233 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5236 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5237 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5238 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5239 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5240 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5242 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5246 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5249 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5250 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5251 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5252 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (htab
->splt
!= sec
5253 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
));
5256 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5257 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5259 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5261 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5262 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5264 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5265 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5266 && !info
->relocatable
5268 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5269 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5271 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5272 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5273 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5275 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5276 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5280 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5285 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5288 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5289 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5290 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5291 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5300 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5301 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5302 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5304 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5305 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5306 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5307 use an indirect stub instead. */
5308 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5309 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5311 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5312 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5313 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5316 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5319 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5320 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5322 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5327 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5329 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5331 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5338 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5341 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5344 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5345 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5347 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5349 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5350 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5351 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5352 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5353 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5354 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5356 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5357 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5358 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5360 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5361 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5362 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5365 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5366 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5367 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5368 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5369 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5371 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5372 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5373 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5374 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5375 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5376 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5377 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5378 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5380 local_p
= (h
== NULL
5381 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
5382 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
5383 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)));
5385 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5386 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5388 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5393 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5394 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5395 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5396 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5398 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5399 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5403 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5404 to need it, get it now. */
5407 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5408 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5411 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5412 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5413 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5414 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5415 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5416 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5417 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5418 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5419 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5420 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5421 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5422 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5424 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5425 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5426 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5427 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5428 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5429 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5430 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5431 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5432 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5433 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5435 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5436 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5438 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5442 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5443 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5444 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5445 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5446 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5447 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5449 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5450 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5451 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5455 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5456 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
5457 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
5458 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
5459 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5460 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5461 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5464 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5465 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5466 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5470 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5471 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5473 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5476 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5477 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5481 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5482 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5483 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5485 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5489 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5490 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5492 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5493 + input_section
->output_offset
5494 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5495 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5496 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5499 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5500 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5502 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5503 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5506 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5509 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5513 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5516 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5517 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5524 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5526 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5527 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5528 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5529 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5531 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5532 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5533 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5535 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5536 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5537 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5538 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5539 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5540 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5542 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5550 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5554 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5555 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5559 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5563 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5564 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5568 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5569 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5570 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5571 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5572 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5574 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5578 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5579 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5580 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5581 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5583 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5584 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5587 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5589 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5590 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5591 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5592 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5593 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5597 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5598 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5599 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5600 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5604 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5605 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5606 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5607 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5608 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5609 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5612 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5613 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5614 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5615 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5619 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5620 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5621 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5622 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5624 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5629 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5632 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5633 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5637 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5638 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5639 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5643 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5644 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5645 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5646 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5647 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5648 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5649 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5650 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5651 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5652 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5653 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5655 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5656 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5662 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5663 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5665 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5668 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5669 for this conditional. */
5670 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5671 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5672 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5673 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5674 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5676 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5677 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5678 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5679 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5680 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5683 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5684 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5687 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5688 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5689 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5690 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5691 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5692 not check for overflow here. */
5696 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5697 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5698 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5699 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5700 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5705 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5706 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5707 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5708 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5709 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5710 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5711 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5712 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5713 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5714 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5715 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5716 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5717 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5718 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5719 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5720 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5721 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5722 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5726 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5729 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5730 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5733 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5734 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5735 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5736 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5737 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5739 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5740 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5741 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5742 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5744 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5745 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5752 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5753 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5754 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5755 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5756 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5757 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5758 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5759 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5760 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5761 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5763 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5766 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5767 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5769 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5773 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5774 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5775 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5776 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5777 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5780 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5781 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
5782 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
5783 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5784 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5787 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5788 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
5789 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
5790 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5791 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5794 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5795 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
5796 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
5797 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5798 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5801 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5802 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
5803 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
5804 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5805 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5808 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5809 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5810 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5811 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5812 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5813 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5814 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5816 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5817 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5820 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5821 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5822 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5823 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5824 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5827 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5828 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5829 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5830 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5831 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5832 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5833 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5836 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5837 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5839 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5842 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5846 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
5847 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5848 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5852 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
5853 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5854 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5857 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5858 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
5859 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5860 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5863 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5864 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5865 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5866 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5870 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
5871 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5872 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5873 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5874 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5875 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5876 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5880 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5881 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5882 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5883 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5886 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5887 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5890 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5892 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
5895 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5898 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5899 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5900 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5903 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5905 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5906 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
5911 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5912 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5913 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5915 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5916 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5918 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5921 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5922 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5923 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5924 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5925 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5926 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
5930 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5932 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5933 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5935 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5937 /* Obtain the current value. */
5938 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5940 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5941 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
5943 /* Set the field. */
5944 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
5946 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5947 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
5950 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
5951 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
5953 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5954 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
5956 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
5959 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5961 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
5966 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
5970 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5971 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5974 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5975 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5978 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
5979 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5983 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5984 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
5987 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5989 if (!info
->relocatable
5990 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5991 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5992 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
5993 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5994 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5995 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5996 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5997 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
5998 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5999 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6005 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6006 + input_section
->output_offset
6007 + relocation
->r_offset
6009 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6010 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6014 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6016 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6017 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6019 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6023 /* Put the value into the output. */
6024 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6026 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6032 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6033 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6034 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6035 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6038 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6039 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6040 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6042 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6043 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6045 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6050 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6051 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6053 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6054 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6056 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6057 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6058 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6059 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6060 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6061 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6064 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6065 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6066 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6068 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6069 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6070 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6071 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6074 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6075 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6078 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6080 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6081 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6082 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6087 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6088 in the relocation. */
6089 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6091 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6092 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6093 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6094 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6096 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6097 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6098 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6099 undefined symbols. */
6104 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6106 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6108 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6113 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6116 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6117 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6123 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6124 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6125 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6126 local symbols because we used to generate them
6127 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6128 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6129 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6130 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6131 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6132 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6134 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6135 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6136 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6137 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6138 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6143 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6144 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6145 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6146 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6147 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6150 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6151 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6152 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6154 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6155 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6156 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6159 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6160 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6161 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6162 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6163 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6164 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6165 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6166 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6167 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6168 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6169 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6170 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6171 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6172 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6175 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6177 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6178 correct location in the output file. */
6179 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6180 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6181 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6182 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6183 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6184 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6186 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6187 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6188 relocation format is non-standard. */
6189 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6191 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6192 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6194 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6196 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6198 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6199 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6200 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6201 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6203 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6206 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6207 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6208 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6210 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6211 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6213 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6214 will be writing to it. */
6215 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6218 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6219 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6221 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6226 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6228 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6229 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6230 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6231 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6232 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6233 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6235 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6236 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6237 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6239 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6240 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6241 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6242 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6243 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6244 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6245 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6249 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6250 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6252 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6253 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6258 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6261 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6263 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6265 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6266 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6268 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6269 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6271 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6272 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6274 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6275 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6277 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6278 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6280 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6281 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6283 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6284 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6286 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6287 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6289 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6290 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6292 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6293 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6295 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6296 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6298 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6299 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6301 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6302 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6304 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6305 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6307 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6308 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6310 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6311 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6313 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6314 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6317 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6321 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6324 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6327 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6330 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6333 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6335 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6336 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6338 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6339 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6341 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6342 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6344 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6345 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6352 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6354 static INLINE
char *
6355 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6359 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6360 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6363 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6365 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6369 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6371 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6373 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6375 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6378 return "unknown abi";
6382 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6383 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6384 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6385 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6386 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6387 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6388 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6389 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6391 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6392 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6393 definition in a shared library. */
6394 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6395 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6396 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6398 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6401 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6403 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6405 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6406 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6407 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6409 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6410 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6411 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6412 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6413 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6414 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6415 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6417 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6418 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6419 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6420 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6421 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6422 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6423 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6424 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6425 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6426 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6428 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6432 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6433 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6434 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6435 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6436 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6439 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6440 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6442 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6443 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6444 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6445 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6446 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6447 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6448 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6449 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6450 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6451 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6453 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6454 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6457 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6458 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6463 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6465 if (section
!= NULL
)
6467 asym
->section
= section
;
6468 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6469 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6470 base address to make it an offset. */
6471 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6478 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6480 if (section
!= NULL
)
6482 asym
->section
= section
;
6483 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6484 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6485 base address to make it an offset. */
6486 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6492 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6493 or microMIPS one. */
6494 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6495 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6498 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
6499 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6500 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6502 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6503 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6507 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6508 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6510 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6511 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6512 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6513 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6514 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6516 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6517 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6518 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6519 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6521 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6522 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6523 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6524 We therefore take the following approach:
6526 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6527 determine the pointer size.
6529 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6530 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6534 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6535 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6536 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6537 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6538 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6540 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6541 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6545 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6547 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6549 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6551 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6553 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6554 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6555 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6562 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6563 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6564 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6573 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6574 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6575 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6577 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6578 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6581 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6582 will jump there rather than to .text.
6584 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6585 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6588 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6590 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6593 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6594 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6595 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6599 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6601 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6602 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6606 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6607 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6610 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6613 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6614 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6618 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6619 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6620 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6621 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6623 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6625 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6626 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6627 so that we don't have to read them again.
6628 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6629 through the section contents to see if there is an
6630 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6632 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6634 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6635 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6637 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6639 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6641 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6643 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6644 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6645 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6648 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6655 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6656 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6659 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6660 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6663 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6670 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6671 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6675 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6682 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6684 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6686 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6687 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6688 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6689 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6690 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6691 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6692 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6693 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6694 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6695 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6697 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6698 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6700 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6702 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6703 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6705 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6708 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6710 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6712 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6714 unsigned int adjust
;
6716 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6718 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6726 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6727 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6728 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6730 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6734 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6735 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6741 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6742 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6743 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6744 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6745 probably get away with this. */
6746 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6748 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6749 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6753 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6756 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6757 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6760 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6761 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6764 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6765 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6768 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6769 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6771 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6773 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6774 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6775 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6777 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6779 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6780 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6783 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6784 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6787 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6788 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6791 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6792 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6793 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6796 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6797 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6800 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6801 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6802 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6809 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6814 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6815 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6821 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6823 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6824 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6825 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6826 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6827 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6829 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6832 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6833 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6835 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6836 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6839 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6840 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6841 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6842 they should agree. */
6843 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6845 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6847 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6848 if (contents
== NULL
)
6850 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6857 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6858 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6860 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6862 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6864 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6866 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6867 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6868 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6871 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6873 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6875 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6877 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6878 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6880 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6882 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6884 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6886 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6888 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6889 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6891 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6901 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6902 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6903 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6906 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
6908 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6910 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
6912 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
6913 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6914 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6916 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
6917 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
6918 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6920 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
6921 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
6922 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6924 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
6925 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
6926 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
6928 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
6929 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6930 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6931 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6932 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6934 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6936 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
6938 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
6939 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6940 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6941 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6943 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6944 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6946 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6949 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6951 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6952 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
6953 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
6954 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
6956 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6957 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6959 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6960 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
6963 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
6964 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
6965 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6966 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
6967 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
6968 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
6969 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6970 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6972 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
6973 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6975 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6977 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
6978 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6979 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6981 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6983 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
6984 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6985 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6987 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6988 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6990 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
6992 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6993 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6994 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6995 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
6996 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6998 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7000 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7001 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7002 final_write_processing. */
7004 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7005 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7007 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7008 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7009 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7011 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7013 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7014 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7015 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7018 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7019 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7020 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7021 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7022 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7027 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7028 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7029 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7030 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7031 the .scommon section. */
7034 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7035 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7037 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7039 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7042 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7044 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7050 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7051 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7054 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7055 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7056 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7057 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7059 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7060 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7061 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7063 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7068 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7069 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7070 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7071 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7072 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7073 is not done for them. */
7075 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7076 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7082 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7085 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7086 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7087 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7088 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7089 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7092 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7093 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7094 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7095 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7099 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7100 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7102 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7103 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7104 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7106 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7107 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7110 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7111 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7112 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7115 /* Initialize the section. */
7117 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7118 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7120 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7121 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7123 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7124 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7125 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7126 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7127 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7128 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7129 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7131 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7132 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7133 so I took it out. */
7134 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7137 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7138 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7140 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7141 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7143 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7144 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7145 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7147 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7148 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7151 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7152 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7153 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7156 /* Initialize the section. */
7158 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7159 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7161 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7162 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7164 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7165 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7166 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7167 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7168 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7169 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7170 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7172 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7173 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7174 so I took it out. */
7175 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7178 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7179 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7183 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7185 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7186 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7188 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7189 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7191 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7193 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7194 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7195 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7198 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7201 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7203 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7206 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7207 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7210 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7211 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7212 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7213 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7219 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7220 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7221 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7224 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7225 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7226 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7227 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7229 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7230 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7231 common in the output file. */
7232 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7233 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7234 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7236 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7237 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7242 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7244 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7247 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7249 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7250 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7252 register asection
*s
;
7253 const char * const *namep
;
7254 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7256 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7257 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7259 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7260 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7262 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7264 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7266 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7269 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7274 /* We need to create .got section. */
7275 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7278 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7281 /* Create .stub section. */
7282 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7283 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7286 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7287 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7291 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7293 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7295 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7296 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7298 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7299 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7303 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7304 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7305 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7306 the linker takes such action. */
7307 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7309 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7312 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7313 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7314 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7317 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7320 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7322 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7326 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7327 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7329 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7333 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7334 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7336 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7337 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7339 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7340 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7342 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7344 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7346 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7347 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7349 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7356 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7358 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7359 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7360 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7363 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7366 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7368 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7371 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7373 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7374 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7375 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7376 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7377 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7378 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7380 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7382 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7383 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7384 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7387 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7390 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7392 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7394 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7398 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7399 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7400 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7403 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7404 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7405 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7406 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7408 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7409 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7412 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7414 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7419 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7421 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7422 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7425 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7428 htab
->plt_header_size
7429 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
7430 htab
->plt_entry_size
7431 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
7435 htab
->plt_header_size
7436 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
7437 htab
->plt_entry_size
7438 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
7441 else if (!info
->shared
)
7443 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7444 htab
->plt_header_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
7445 htab
->plt_entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
7451 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7452 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7453 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7456 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7457 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7458 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7460 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7461 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7463 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7464 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7465 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7466 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7468 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7469 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7470 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7473 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7474 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7475 of the section that REL is against. */
7478 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7479 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7482 unsigned int r_type
;
7485 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7486 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7488 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7489 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7490 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7491 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7493 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7496 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7497 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7498 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7499 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7500 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7503 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7504 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7505 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7506 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7508 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7509 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7510 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7513 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7514 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7515 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7516 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7517 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7519 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7521 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7522 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7523 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7526 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7528 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7529 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7530 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7531 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7532 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7533 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7535 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7536 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7537 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7538 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7539 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7542 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7543 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7544 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7546 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7547 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7554 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7555 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7556 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7559 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7564 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7565 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7567 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7571 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7574 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7575 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7578 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7579 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7583 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7584 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7586 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7587 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7589 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7590 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7593 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7595 if (info
->relocatable
)
7598 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7599 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7601 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7602 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7603 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7604 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7606 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7607 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7609 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7611 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7612 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7614 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7616 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7619 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7622 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7623 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7624 " stub section `%s'"),
7626 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7630 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7631 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7635 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7636 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7637 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7638 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7640 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7641 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7643 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7644 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7645 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7646 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7650 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7652 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7655 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7656 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7657 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7658 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7661 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7670 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7671 not need it. Since this function is called before
7672 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7673 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7675 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7679 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7681 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7683 unsigned long symcount
;
7687 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7688 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7690 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7691 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7692 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7695 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7698 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7699 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7701 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7702 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7703 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7704 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7708 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7710 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7711 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7713 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7714 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7715 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7717 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7719 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7720 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7721 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7722 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7723 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7724 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7726 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7730 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7732 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7735 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7737 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7738 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7741 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7744 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7747 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7748 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7749 " stub section `%s'"),
7751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7755 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7756 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7760 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7761 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7762 that refers to this symbol. */
7763 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7765 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7766 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7768 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7769 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7770 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7771 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7775 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7777 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7780 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7781 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7782 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7783 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7786 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7795 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7796 not need it. Since this function is called before
7797 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7798 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7800 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7804 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7806 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7808 unsigned long symcount
;
7812 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7813 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7815 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7816 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7817 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7823 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7826 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7827 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7828 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7829 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7833 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7834 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7836 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7838 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7839 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7841 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7843 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7844 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7845 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7846 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7847 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7850 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7854 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7856 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7862 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7864 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7865 unsigned int r_type
;
7866 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7867 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7869 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7870 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7872 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7874 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7876 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7877 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7879 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7884 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7886 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7887 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
7888 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7891 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7892 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7893 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
7898 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7899 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7900 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7901 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7902 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7903 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7904 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7905 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7907 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7908 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7909 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7910 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7911 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
7912 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
7913 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
7914 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7915 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7916 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7917 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7918 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7919 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7920 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7921 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7922 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7923 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
7924 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7926 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7927 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
7929 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
7931 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7932 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7933 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7934 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7939 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7940 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7942 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
7948 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7949 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7950 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7952 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7953 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7954 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7955 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7956 against a read-only section. */
7959 && !htab
->is_vxworks
7960 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7961 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
7962 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
7963 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
7964 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7966 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
7968 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7971 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7972 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7973 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7974 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7975 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7977 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7978 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7979 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7982 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7983 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7984 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7985 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7986 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7988 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
7993 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7996 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= TRUE
;
8002 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8003 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8004 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8005 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8006 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8008 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
8014 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8015 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8016 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8017 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8021 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8025 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8026 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8027 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8028 relocations against the text segment. */
8029 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8032 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8033 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8034 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8035 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8037 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8038 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8039 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8040 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8041 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8042 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8043 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8044 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8045 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8046 rel
->r_addend
, info
, 0))
8051 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8052 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8053 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8058 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8059 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8062 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8063 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8064 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8065 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8070 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8071 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8072 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8073 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8076 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8077 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8078 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8079 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
, 0))
8082 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8083 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8084 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8090 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8091 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8092 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8093 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8096 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8097 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8099 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8100 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8101 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8102 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8107 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8109 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8110 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8111 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8112 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8113 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8114 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8116 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8117 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8118 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8120 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8122 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8124 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8125 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8127 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8128 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8131 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8134 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8135 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8141 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8142 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8143 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8148 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8149 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8150 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8152 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8155 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8156 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8157 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8158 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8160 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8166 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8167 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8168 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8169 for TLS GD relocations. */
8173 flag
= (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
)
8175 : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
) ? GOT_TLS_LDM
: GOT_TLS_IE
);
8178 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8179 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8180 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
8182 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8188 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
8190 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8201 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8202 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8203 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8204 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8208 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8212 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8214 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8215 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8216 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8217 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8218 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8219 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8220 relocations against the text segment. */
8221 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8225 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8227 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8228 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8229 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8230 it will be left as zero.
8232 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8233 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8235 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8236 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8238 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8239 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8240 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8241 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8242 are relocations against the text segment. */
8243 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8247 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8248 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8249 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8253 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8254 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8255 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8256 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8257 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8258 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8259 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8260 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8261 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8262 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8265 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8266 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8267 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8268 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8272 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8273 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8274 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8275 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8277 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8285 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8286 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8287 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8288 a normal .got entry. */
8289 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
8293 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8295 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8297 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8298 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8300 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8301 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8302 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8303 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8307 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8308 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8309 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8310 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8312 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8313 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8315 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8317 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8318 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8321 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8322 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8323 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8324 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8325 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8333 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8334 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8335 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8336 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8337 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8338 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8339 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8342 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8343 and has a special meaning. */
8344 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8345 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8348 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8349 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8356 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8357 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8358 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8359 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8361 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8362 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8374 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8375 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8378 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8379 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8380 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8381 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8383 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8384 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8387 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8390 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8393 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8394 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8395 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8398 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8399 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8400 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8401 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8403 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8406 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8407 unsigned int r_type
;
8408 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8410 unsigned long instruction
;
8412 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8413 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8414 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8415 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8416 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8419 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8420 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8421 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8424 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8425 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8427 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8428 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8429 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8431 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8433 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8434 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8435 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8436 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8437 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8440 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8441 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8442 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8443 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8444 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8446 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8450 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8452 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8453 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8455 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8456 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8457 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8458 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8460 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8464 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8465 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8467 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8468 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8469 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8470 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8473 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8474 symval
= isym
->st_value
8475 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8476 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8479 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8481 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8482 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8484 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8485 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8490 /* Check that it's in range. */
8491 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8494 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8495 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8498 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8500 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8501 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8502 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8503 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8504 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8505 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8509 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8510 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8511 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8514 if (contents
!= NULL
8515 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8517 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8521 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8522 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8528 if (contents
!= NULL
8529 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8534 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8537 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8539 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8541 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8542 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8544 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8545 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8547 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8548 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8550 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8551 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8552 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8555 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8556 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8557 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8560 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8561 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8562 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8563 if (! info
->relocatable
8564 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8565 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8566 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8569 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8571 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8573 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8574 non-default visibility. */
8575 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8578 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8580 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8582 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8589 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8590 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8591 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8592 relocations against it.
8594 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8595 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8597 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8599 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8600 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8601 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8604 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8605 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8606 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8607 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8608 against the text segment. */
8609 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8616 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8617 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8618 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8619 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8623 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8624 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8630 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8631 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8633 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8634 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8636 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8637 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8639 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8642 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8644 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8646 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8647 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8648 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8649 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8650 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8652 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8653 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8654 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8656 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8659 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8660 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8661 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8662 executable and the shared library. */
8663 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8665 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8666 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8670 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8671 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8673 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8674 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8675 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8676 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8677 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8678 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8679 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8680 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8681 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8682 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8683 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8684 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8685 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8687 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8689 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
8691 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8693 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8694 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8695 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8696 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8697 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8698 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8701 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8702 for the same reason as above. */
8703 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8704 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8707 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
8709 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8711 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8713 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
;
8715 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8716 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8717 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8718 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8721 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8722 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
8723 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
8725 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8726 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8727 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8729 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
8730 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8731 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8732 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8733 function address. */
8734 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8735 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
8738 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8740 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
);
8741 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8742 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8743 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8745 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8746 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8747 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8749 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8750 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8751 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8756 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8757 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8758 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8759 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8761 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8762 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8763 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8764 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8768 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8769 in regular objects. */
8773 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8774 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8775 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8778 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8779 some that we can't convert. */
8780 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8782 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8783 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8784 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8785 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8789 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8790 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8791 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8792 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8793 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8794 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8795 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8796 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8797 same memory location for the variable. */
8799 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8801 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8802 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8804 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8808 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8809 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8810 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8812 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
8815 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8816 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8817 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8820 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8821 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8824 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8825 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
8827 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8828 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8830 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8831 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
8833 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8836 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8838 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8839 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
8846 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8849 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8853 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8854 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
8855 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
8857 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
8858 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8860 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8861 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8867 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8870 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8871 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8872 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
8873 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8874 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
8876 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
8877 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8878 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8880 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8881 the target symbol. */
8882 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
))
8885 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8886 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
8888 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8889 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8891 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8893 asection
*subsection
;
8895 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
8897 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
8899 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
8901 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
8902 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
8906 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8907 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8908 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8909 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8912 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8913 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8914 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
8916 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8918 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
8919 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
8921 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
8922 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8923 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8925 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8926 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8927 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8928 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
8929 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
8930 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8931 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
8933 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
8934 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8936 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8937 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8939 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8941 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8944 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8947 count
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8949 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
8952 else if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
8954 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
8959 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
8961 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8962 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
8963 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
8964 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
8965 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
8967 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8970 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
, &arg
);
8971 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8972 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
8975 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, arg
.needed
);
8981 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8984 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8986 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8987 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
8989 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8990 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8992 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8995 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8996 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8997 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8999 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9000 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9001 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9003 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9004 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9006 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
9007 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9008 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9009 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9011 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9014 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
9015 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
9016 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9019 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void **data
)
9021 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9023 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) data
;
9024 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9026 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9027 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9028 h
->root
.plt
.offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9029 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9034 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9035 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9038 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9040 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9042 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9043 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9045 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9048 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9049 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, htab
);
9050 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9051 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9052 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9055 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9058 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9059 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9062 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9063 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9064 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9066 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9067 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9068 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9069 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9071 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9073 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9074 if (info
->executable
)
9076 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9077 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9079 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9081 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9084 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9085 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0 && htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9087 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9089 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9091 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9092 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9093 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9100 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9101 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9103 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9105 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9108 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9110 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9111 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9114 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9118 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9119 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9120 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9122 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9125 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9129 const char *outname
;
9132 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9133 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9134 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9135 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9136 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9138 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9140 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9142 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9143 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9144 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9147 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9148 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9149 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9152 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9153 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9154 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9155 will move them around between input sections'
9156 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9157 broken, so don't let it run. */
9158 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9161 else if (! info
->shared
9162 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9163 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9165 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9166 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9167 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9169 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9170 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9171 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9172 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9174 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9175 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9176 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9177 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9178 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9181 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9183 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9184 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9185 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9187 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9193 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9197 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9200 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9201 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9202 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9204 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9209 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9211 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9212 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9213 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9214 the .dynamic section. */
9216 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9217 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9218 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9219 may only look at the first one they see. */
9221 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9224 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9225 used by the debugger. */
9226 if (info
->executable
9227 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9228 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9231 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9232 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9234 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9236 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9239 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9240 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9241 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9242 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9243 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9246 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9249 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9250 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9252 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9253 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9254 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9256 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9259 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9262 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9268 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9270 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9273 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9276 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9280 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9283 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9286 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9289 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9292 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9295 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9298 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9301 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9302 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9305 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9306 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9307 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9308 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9311 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9313 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9316 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9319 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9322 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9325 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9326 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9333 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9334 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9335 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9336 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9339 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9340 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9341 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9343 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9344 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9347 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9349 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9350 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9351 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9352 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9354 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9355 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9358 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9359 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9361 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9362 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9364 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9365 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9368 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9369 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9370 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9374 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9375 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9376 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9377 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9378 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9379 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9380 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9381 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9382 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9383 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9384 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9386 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9387 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9388 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9391 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9392 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9393 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9394 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9395 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9396 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9397 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9400 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9401 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9402 unsigned int r_type
;
9405 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9407 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9408 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9410 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9416 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9417 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9418 howto
, i
, contents
);
9423 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9426 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9427 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9428 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9429 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9430 asection
**local_sections
)
9432 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9433 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9435 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9436 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9438 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9439 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9440 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9444 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9445 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
;
9446 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9448 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9449 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9451 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9453 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9454 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9455 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9457 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9458 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9460 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9461 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9463 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9464 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9465 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9467 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9472 unsigned long extsymoff
;
9475 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9476 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9477 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9478 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9479 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9480 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9483 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9484 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9485 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9488 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9490 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9491 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
9492 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
9496 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
9498 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9499 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9500 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9501 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9502 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9503 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9504 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
9506 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9508 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9512 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
9514 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9515 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9516 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9518 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9521 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
9522 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
9524 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9525 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9526 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
9529 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
9533 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9535 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9536 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
9538 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9539 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9540 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
9545 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
9548 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9549 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9550 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9553 if (info
->relocatable
)
9555 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9556 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9559 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9561 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9562 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9563 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9564 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9565 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9566 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9567 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9569 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9571 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9572 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9573 source of the addend in the final link. */
9574 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9576 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9577 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9578 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9579 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9580 but for endianness. */
9586 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9588 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9595 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9596 do two separate stores. */
9597 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9599 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9601 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9607 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9609 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9610 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9611 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9612 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9616 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9617 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9622 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9626 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9627 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9628 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9630 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9631 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9632 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9633 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9635 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9637 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9638 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9639 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9640 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9641 local_sections
, &value
,
9642 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
9643 use_saved_addend_p
))
9645 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9646 /* There's nothing to do. */
9649 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9650 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9651 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9652 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9653 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9656 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9657 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9658 info
->callbacks
->warning
9659 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9662 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9663 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9664 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9665 a given location. */
9669 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9671 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9672 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9673 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9674 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
9675 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
9676 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
9678 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9679 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9681 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
9682 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
9684 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9685 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
9686 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
9694 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9695 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
9697 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9698 info
->callbacks
->warning
9699 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9709 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9710 until we reach the last one. */
9711 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9717 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9718 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9719 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9720 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9721 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9722 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9723 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9724 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9730 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9732 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9739 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9740 do two separate stores. */
9741 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9743 /* Undo what we did above. */
9745 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9747 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9753 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9755 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9756 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9757 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9758 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9762 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9763 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
9764 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9765 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
9772 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9773 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9776 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
9778 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
9779 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9780 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
9783 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
9785 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
9786 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
9787 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
9788 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9790 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9791 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
9795 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
9804 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9805 offset
= stub
->offset
;
9807 /* Work out the target address. */
9808 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
9809 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9811 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9812 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
9814 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
9816 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9817 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9818 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
9820 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9822 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9823 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
9825 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9826 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
9831 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9832 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
9837 /* This is trampoline. */
9839 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9841 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9842 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
9843 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9844 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
9845 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9846 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9847 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9851 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9852 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
9853 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9854 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9860 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9861 adjust it appropriately now. */
9864 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9865 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9867 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9868 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9869 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
9872 "__dso_displacement",
9874 "__program_header_table",
9878 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
9886 const char* const *p
;
9889 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
9890 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
9893 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
9895 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9897 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9898 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9900 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9902 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9904 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9910 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9911 dynamic sections here. */
9914 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9915 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9917 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9921 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
9924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9927 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9928 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9929 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9930 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9932 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
9934 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
&& hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9936 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9938 bfd_vma header_address
, plt_index
, got_address
;
9939 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
9940 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9942 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9943 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9944 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9945 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9946 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
9948 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9949 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9950 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
9952 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9953 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9954 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9956 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9957 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9958 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9959 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9960 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9961 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
9963 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9964 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
9965 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9966 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9967 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9969 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9971 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9972 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9974 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9975 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
9977 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9978 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
9979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
9980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
, loc
+ 4);
9982 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
9984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
9985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9989 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
9990 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
9993 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9994 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
9995 plt_index
, h
->dynindx
,
9996 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
9998 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9999 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10000 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10001 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10002 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10003 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10004 sym
->st_other
= STO_MIPS_PLT
;
10008 else if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10010 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10011 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10013 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10015 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10017 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10018 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
10020 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10021 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10023 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10026 /* Fill the stub. */
10028 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10032 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10034 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10041 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10042 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10043 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
10045 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10046 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
10048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10051 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10052 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
,
10053 stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
10055 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
10056 only for the referenced symbol. */
10057 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10059 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10060 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10061 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10062 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10063 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10067 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10068 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10070 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10072 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10073 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10074 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10075 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10076 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10079 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10080 || h
->forced_local
);
10083 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10084 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10086 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10087 the symbols that need them. */
10088 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10093 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10094 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
10095 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
10096 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10099 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
&& h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
10101 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10107 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10112 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10115 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10118 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10120 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10122 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10123 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10125 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10126 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10127 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10128 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10129 appropriate addend. */
10130 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10132 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10133 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10134 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10136 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10137 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10140 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10141 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10142 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10146 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10147 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10152 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10153 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10154 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10155 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10156 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10157 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10158 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10160 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10161 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10164 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10166 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10167 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10168 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10170 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10172 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10173 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10175 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10176 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10178 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10180 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10182 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10183 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10184 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10185 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10187 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10189 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10190 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10191 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10192 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10196 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10202 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10203 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10205 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10206 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10207 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10208 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10209 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10210 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10213 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10214 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10215 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10217 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10218 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10219 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10221 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10222 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10228 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10231 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10232 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10233 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10234 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10238 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10239 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10242 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10243 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10244 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10245 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10247 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10250 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10251 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10252 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10254 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10255 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10256 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10258 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10259 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10260 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
10263 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10264 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
10265 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
10267 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10268 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10269 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10272 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10273 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10274 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
10276 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10277 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10278 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10280 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
10282 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
10284 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10285 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
10289 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
10290 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10295 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
10297 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
10298 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10299 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
10304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10308 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10310 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
10311 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10313 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10314 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10315 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10316 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
10317 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10319 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10320 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10321 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
10322 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10323 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
10324 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10326 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10327 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10329 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10330 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10333 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10334 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10335 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10336 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
10338 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10340 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10341 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10344 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
10347 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10348 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10350 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10351 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10354 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
10358 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10359 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
10360 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
10361 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10363 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10364 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10365 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10366 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
10367 + sgot
->output_offset
10369 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10370 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
10371 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
10374 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10377 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10379 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10381 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10382 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10383 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10384 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
10386 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
10387 htab
->srelbss
->contents
10388 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
10389 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
10390 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
10393 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10394 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
10395 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
10400 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10403 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10406 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
10407 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10408 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10410 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10411 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10413 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10414 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
10415 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
10416 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10418 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10420 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10421 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10422 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
10423 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10424 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
10426 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10427 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10428 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10429 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10431 /* Install the PLT header. */
10432 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10433 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
10434 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10435 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
10436 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10437 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10438 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10440 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10443 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10444 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10447 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10449 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10451 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
10452 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10453 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10455 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10456 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10458 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
10460 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10461 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10462 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10463 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10465 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10466 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
10468 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10469 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
10471 /* Install the PLT header. */
10472 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10473 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
10474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
10476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10480 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10481 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10482 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
10483 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10485 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10486 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10488 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10489 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10490 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
10491 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10492 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10493 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10495 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10496 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10497 in which symbols were output. */
10498 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10500 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10502 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10503 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10504 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10505 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10508 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10509 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10510 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10513 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10514 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10515 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10519 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10522 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10527 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10528 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10530 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10531 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10532 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
10533 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
10536 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10539 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10540 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10545 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
10546 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10548 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10549 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10551 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10553 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
10556 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
10558 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10561 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
10563 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10564 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
10566 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
10567 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10569 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10570 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10571 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10573 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10577 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10579 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10580 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10582 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10588 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
10592 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10593 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
10597 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10599 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
10604 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10607 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
10609 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10612 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
10613 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
10616 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
10617 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
10620 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
10624 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
10628 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
10630 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10633 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
10635 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10638 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
10639 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
10640 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10641 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
10644 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
10645 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
10648 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
10649 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10650 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10651 referenced within the same object. */
10652 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
10655 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
10656 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
10658 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
10661 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10662 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10663 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10665 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
10667 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10668 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
10669 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10671 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
10674 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
10675 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
10678 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
10680 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10681 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
10684 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10685 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10688 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10689 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
10690 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10694 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
10695 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
10696 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
10697 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
10701 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10702 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10704 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10708 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10709 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10710 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
10712 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
10716 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10717 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10721 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10722 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
10723 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
10727 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10728 the dynamic tag. */
10729 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10731 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10732 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10737 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10738 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10739 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10740 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10742 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10746 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10747 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10748 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10753 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
10754 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10755 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
10759 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
10764 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10765 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
10766 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
10769 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
10770 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
10772 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10774 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10775 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10776 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10777 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10778 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10779 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
10780 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
10782 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10783 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10784 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10786 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10790 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10791 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10792 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10793 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
10794 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10795 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10798 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
10799 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10802 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10803 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
10805 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10806 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10808 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10809 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
10811 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10813 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
10814 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
10816 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
10817 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10818 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10820 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10822 if (! info
->shared
)
10825 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
10827 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
10828 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10829 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10830 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
10831 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10832 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
10834 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
10839 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10840 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10843 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10846 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10848 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10850 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10851 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10852 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10857 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10858 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10860 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10866 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10867 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10868 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10869 are trailing null entries. */
10870 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10871 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
10872 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10873 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
10874 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
10875 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10876 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10877 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
10882 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10887 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10894 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
10896 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10898 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10899 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
10903 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
10905 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
10906 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
10909 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
10910 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
10913 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10914 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
10916 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
10918 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
10919 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
10920 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
10921 htab
->function_stub_size
);
10926 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10927 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10928 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10929 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10930 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
10932 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10934 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
10936 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
10938 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10939 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10940 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
10941 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
10943 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10944 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
10945 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
10950 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10952 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10955 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10957 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10961 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
10962 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10969 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10972 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
10976 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
10979 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
10980 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
10983 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
10984 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
10987 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
10988 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
10991 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
10992 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
10993 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
10994 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
10995 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
10998 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
10999 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11002 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11003 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11006 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11007 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11010 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11011 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11014 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11015 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11018 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11019 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11022 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11023 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11026 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11027 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11030 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11031 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11034 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11035 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11036 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11037 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11038 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11039 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11040 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11041 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11044 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11045 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11048 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11049 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11052 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11053 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11056 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11057 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11060 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11061 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11064 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11065 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11066 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11069 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11070 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11073 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11074 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11077 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11078 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11081 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11082 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11085 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11086 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11089 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11090 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11093 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11094 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11099 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11100 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11101 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11104 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11105 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11108 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11112 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11113 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11114 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11115 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11116 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11118 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11119 info for each special section. */
11120 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11121 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11124 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11126 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11127 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11128 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11130 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11133 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11134 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11135 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11136 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11137 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11138 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11139 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11140 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11143 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11144 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11145 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11146 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11147 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11148 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11149 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11150 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11151 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11154 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11155 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11157 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11158 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11160 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11163 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11164 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11165 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11166 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
11167 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
11168 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11169 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11172 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11173 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11175 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11177 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11178 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11185 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11189 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
11190 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11195 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11196 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11197 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
11200 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11201 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
11202 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11203 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
11206 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11207 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
11208 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
11209 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
11212 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11213 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11214 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11215 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11221 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11224 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
11225 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11228 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
11231 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11233 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11234 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11236 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11237 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
11242 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11246 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
11248 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11250 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11251 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11253 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11254 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11262 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11263 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11264 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11266 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
11267 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11268 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11269 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11271 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11273 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
11274 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11279 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
11281 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11283 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11284 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11287 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11289 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
11290 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11291 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
11292 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
11293 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
11294 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
11295 options_segment
->count
= 1;
11296 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
11297 *pm
= options_segment
;
11303 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
11305 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11306 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11307 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
11308 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
11309 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
11311 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11312 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
11317 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11321 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
11323 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11328 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11333 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11336 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11337 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11338 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
11348 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11349 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11351 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
11353 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
11356 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
11358 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11359 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11360 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11361 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11362 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
11364 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
11365 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11368 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11369 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11370 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11371 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11372 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11373 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11374 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11375 PT_LOAD segment. */
11376 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11379 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
11381 static const char *sec_names
[] =
11383 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11387 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
11389 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
11391 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
11393 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
11394 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11401 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
11402 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
11407 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11408 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11410 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11413 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
11414 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11421 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11423 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11425 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11427 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
11436 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11437 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11439 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11440 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11441 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11442 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11443 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11445 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11446 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11447 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11448 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11449 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11452 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11453 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11455 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11456 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11458 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
11459 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
11463 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
11467 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
11475 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11479 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11480 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11481 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
11482 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11483 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11485 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11488 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
11490 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
11491 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
11495 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
11498 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11501 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11502 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11503 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11504 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11508 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11509 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
11510 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
11511 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11512 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11514 if (info
->relocatable
)
11517 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11518 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11519 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
11521 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11522 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
11523 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
11525 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
11526 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
11528 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
11529 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11530 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11531 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11532 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11533 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11534 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11535 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11536 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
11537 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
11538 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11539 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11540 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11541 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11542 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11543 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11544 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11545 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11546 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11547 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11558 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11559 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11560 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11561 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11564 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
11566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
11568 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
11570 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
11572 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
11573 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
11574 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11575 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11576 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
11577 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
11579 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
11582 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
11583 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
11584 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
11585 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
11586 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11587 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
11589 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
11590 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
11592 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
11594 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11595 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
11597 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
11599 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
11600 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
11602 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
11604 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
11605 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
11607 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
11608 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
11609 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
11610 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
11611 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
11612 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
11614 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
11615 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
11618 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11621 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11622 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11625 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11626 unsigned char *tdata
;
11629 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
11634 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
11636 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
11637 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11640 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
11644 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11645 info
->keep_memory
);
11652 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11653 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11655 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
11657 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
11666 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
11667 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
11673 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
11674 free (cookie
->rels
);
11680 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
11682 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
11688 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11689 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11690 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
11692 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
11695 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
11698 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
11702 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
11703 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
11705 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
11707 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
11710 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
11713 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
11714 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
11718 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11719 from output by default for clarity. */
11722 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
11724 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
11727 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11728 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11730 struct mips_elf_find_line
11732 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
11733 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
11737 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
11738 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
11739 const char **filename_ptr
,
11740 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11741 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11745 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11746 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11750 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
11751 section
, symbols
, offset
,
11752 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11753 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
11754 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
11757 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
11760 flagword origflags
;
11761 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
11762 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
11763 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
11765 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11766 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11767 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11768 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
11769 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
11770 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11772 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
11775 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
11778 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
11779 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
11781 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11784 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11788 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
11790 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11794 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11795 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
11796 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
11797 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
11799 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11802 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
11803 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
11804 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
11805 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
11806 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
11807 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
11808 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
11810 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
11812 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11813 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11814 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11815 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11816 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11817 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11820 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
11821 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11824 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11828 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11831 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11833 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11834 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11839 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
11840 const char **filename_ptr
,
11841 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11842 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11845 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
11846 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
11847 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
11852 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11853 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11854 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11857 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
11858 const void *location
,
11859 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
11861 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
11865 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11867 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
11868 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11869 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11872 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
11875 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
11878 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
11881 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
11884 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
11888 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11889 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11892 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11894 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
11895 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
11897 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
11900 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11901 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
11902 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11905 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
11906 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
11909 if (reloc_size
< 0)
11912 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
11913 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
11916 /* read in the section */
11917 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
11918 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
11921 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
11925 if (reloc_count
< 0)
11928 if (reloc_count
> 0)
11933 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11936 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
11937 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
11938 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11939 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
11940 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
11944 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
11945 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11952 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11953 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11954 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11957 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11958 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11960 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
11962 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
11963 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
11965 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11967 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
11976 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
11978 char *error_message
= NULL
;
11979 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
11981 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11982 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11983 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11985 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11986 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11987 to the generic handling. */
11989 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
11990 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
11991 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
11992 input_section
, relocatable
,
11995 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
11997 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12002 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12004 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12005 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12009 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12013 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12014 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12015 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12016 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12019 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12020 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12021 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12022 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12023 (*parent
)->address
)))
12026 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12027 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12029 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12030 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12031 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12034 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12043 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12044 free (reloc_vector
);
12048 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12049 free (reloc_vector
);
12054 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12055 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12057 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12058 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12059 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12060 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12061 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12062 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12063 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12064 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12065 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12066 unsigned int symcount
;
12068 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12069 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12071 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12072 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12074 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12075 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12076 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12077 sec
->size
-= count
;
12079 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12080 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12082 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12083 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12084 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12087 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12088 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12090 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12091 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12092 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12093 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12094 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12095 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12097 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12098 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12099 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12100 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12101 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12103 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12105 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12107 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12108 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12109 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12111 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12113 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
12114 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
12116 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
12124 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12125 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12127 struct opcode_descriptor
{
12128 unsigned long match
;
12129 unsigned long mask
;
12132 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12136 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12138 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12139 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12141 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12143 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12144 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12147 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12149 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
12150 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12151 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12152 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12155 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
12156 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12158 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
12159 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12161 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
12162 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12164 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
12165 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12167 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
12168 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12170 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
12171 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12174 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12176 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12177 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12178 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12180 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12182 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
12183 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12184 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12185 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12188 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
12189 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12190 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12191 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12194 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
12195 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12196 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12197 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12200 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
12201 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12202 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12203 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12206 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12208 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12209 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12210 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12213 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12215 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
12216 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12218 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
12219 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12221 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
12222 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12224 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
12225 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12227 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
12228 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12230 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12232 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
12233 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12235 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12236 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12238 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12239 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12240 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12241 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12244 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12246 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
12247 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12249 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12250 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12251 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12255 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12257 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
12258 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12260 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
12261 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12263 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
12264 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12266 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12268 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12270 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
12271 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12273 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12274 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12275 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12276 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12280 /* LUI instruction. */
12282 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
12283 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12286 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12288 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
12289 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12291 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
12292 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12294 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12295 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12298 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12300 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12301 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12302 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12303 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12305 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12306 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12308 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
12309 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12310 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12311 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12314 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
12315 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12318 /* NOP instructions. */
12320 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
12321 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12323 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
12324 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12327 /* Instruction match support. */
12329 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12332 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
12334 unsigned long indx
;
12336 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
12337 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
12344 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12346 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12347 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12348 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12349 the second half of another instruction. */
12352 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12354 unsigned long opcode
;
12357 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12358 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
12359 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12361 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
12362 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
12363 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12366 /* No delay slot. */
12372 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12373 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12374 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12375 the second half of another instruction. */
12378 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12380 unsigned long opcode
;
12383 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12384 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
12385 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12387 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
12388 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12391 /* No delay slot. */
12397 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12398 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12401 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12403 unsigned long opcode
;
12405 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12406 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
12408 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
12410 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
12411 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12412 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
12414 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
12420 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12421 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12424 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12426 unsigned long opcode
;
12428 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12429 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
12431 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
12432 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12433 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
12435 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
12436 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12437 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
12438 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12439 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
12440 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
12441 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12442 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
12448 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12449 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12450 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12453 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
12454 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
12455 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
12457 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
12458 unsigned long opcode
;
12460 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12461 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
12464 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12465 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
12466 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
12472 /* Bitsize checking. */
12473 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12474 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12475 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12479 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
12480 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12481 bfd_boolean
*again
)
12483 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12484 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12485 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12486 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
12487 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
12489 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12492 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12493 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12496 if (link_info
->relocatable
12497 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
12498 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
12499 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
12502 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12504 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12505 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12506 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
12507 link_info
->keep_memory
));
12508 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12511 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12512 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12513 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12515 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
12516 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
12517 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
12518 unsigned long opcode
;
12524 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12525 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12529 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12531 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12532 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12533 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
12536 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12537 if (contents
== NULL
)
12539 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12540 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
12541 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12542 /* Go get them off disk. */
12543 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
12546 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
12548 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12549 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
12551 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12552 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12553 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12554 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
12556 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12560 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12561 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
12563 /* A local symbol. */
12564 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12567 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
12568 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
12569 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
12570 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
12571 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12572 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
12573 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12575 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12576 symval
= (isym
->st_value
12577 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
12578 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
12579 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
12583 unsigned long indx
;
12584 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12586 /* An external symbol. */
12587 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12588 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
12589 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
12591 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12592 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12593 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12594 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12595 regular reloc processing. */
12598 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
12599 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12600 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12601 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
12602 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
12606 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12607 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12608 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12609 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12610 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12611 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12612 the linker is run. */
12614 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12615 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
12618 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12620 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12621 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12623 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
12626 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12627 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12628 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12630 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12632 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12633 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12634 out the offset). */
12635 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
12637 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
12638 unsigned long nextopc
;
12642 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12644 if (irel
> internal_relocs
12645 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12646 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12649 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12650 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
12651 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12652 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
12655 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12656 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
12657 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12658 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12661 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12662 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12663 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12664 it through if so. */
12665 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
12666 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
12667 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12668 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
12669 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
12670 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
12672 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12674 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
12677 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
12679 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12680 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12681 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12682 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12683 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
12684 switch (offset
- 4)
12689 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12693 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12700 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12702 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12704 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
12707 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12708 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12709 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12711 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12712 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
12714 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12715 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
12717 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12718 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12719 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12720 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
12721 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
12722 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12725 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12726 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12727 the PC-relative distance. */
12728 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
12729 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
12730 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
12731 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
12732 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
12734 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12735 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
12737 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12738 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
12739 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
12741 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
12742 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12745 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12749 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12750 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
12752 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12757 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12758 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12759 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12760 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12761 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12762 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
12763 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12764 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
12765 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4), nop_insn_16
))
12769 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12771 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12772 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
12773 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12774 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12776 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
12778 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12779 irel->offset + 4. */
12784 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12785 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12786 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12787 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
12788 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
12790 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12791 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
12793 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12796 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12799 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12804 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12805 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12806 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12807 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
12808 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12809 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
12810 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
12811 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
12815 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12817 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12818 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
12820 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12822 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
12823 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12824 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12827 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12832 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12833 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12834 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12835 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
12836 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
12838 unsigned long n32opc
;
12839 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
12841 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
12843 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
12845 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12846 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
12850 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
12852 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12854 (move_insn_16
.match
12855 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
12856 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
12861 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12862 instructions will be handled here later. */
12866 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12867 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12868 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
12870 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12878 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12879 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
12880 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12881 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12883 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12884 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
12885 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
12888 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12889 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12894 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12895 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12897 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12901 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12902 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12906 if (contents
!= NULL
12907 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12909 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12913 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12914 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12918 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12919 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12920 free (internal_relocs
);
12925 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12926 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12928 if (contents
!= NULL
12929 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12931 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12932 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12933 free (internal_relocs
);
12938 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12940 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12941 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12943 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12944 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
12946 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12950 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
12951 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
12952 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
12959 return &ret
->root
.root
;
12962 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12964 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12965 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12967 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12969 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
12972 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12974 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
12975 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12976 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
12981 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12982 and copy relocs. */
12985 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12987 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12990 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12991 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12992 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12995 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12998 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
12999 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
13000 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
13001 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
13002 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
13003 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
13004 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13005 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13006 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
13007 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
13012 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13014 static const char * const secname
[] =
13016 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13017 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13019 static const int sc
[] =
13021 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
13022 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
13025 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13027 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
13028 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
13030 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
13033 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13035 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
13037 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
13041 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13042 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
13044 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13046 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13047 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13048 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
13049 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13050 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13051 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
13052 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
13053 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13054 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
13055 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13056 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13057 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
13059 else if (info
->relocatable
)
13061 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
13063 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13064 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13066 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
13069 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13070 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
13074 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13075 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13076 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13080 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13082 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
13084 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
13085 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
13086 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13088 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
13090 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
13092 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13093 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13094 the information together. */
13095 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13097 asection
*input_section
;
13099 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13102 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13104 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13109 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13110 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13112 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13113 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13116 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
13118 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
13119 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
13120 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
13121 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
13122 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
13124 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13125 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13126 finally written out. */
13128 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13129 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13130 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13133 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13134 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
13136 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13137 matters, but someday it might). */
13138 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13143 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
13145 struct extsym_info einfo
;
13148 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13149 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13150 the information together. */
13151 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
13152 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13153 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
13154 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
13155 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
13156 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
13157 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
13158 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
13159 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
13160 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
13161 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
13162 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
13163 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
13165 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
13167 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13168 debug_info structure. */
13170 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
13171 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
13172 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
13173 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
13174 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
13176 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
13177 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
13178 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
13179 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
13181 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13182 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
13186 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
13190 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
13191 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
13192 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
13193 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
13195 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
13197 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
13198 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
13201 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
13202 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
13205 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
13206 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
13207 secname
[i
], &esym
))
13211 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13213 asection
*input_section
;
13215 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
13216 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
13220 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13222 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13227 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13228 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13230 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
13232 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13233 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13234 want to deal with it. */
13238 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
13239 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
13241 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
13243 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13244 read in the debugging information and set up an
13245 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13246 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13250 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13251 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
13252 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
13255 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13256 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13257 the linker global hash table and save the information
13258 for the output external symbols. */
13259 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
13260 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
13261 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
13262 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
13264 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
13265 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
13269 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13271 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
13272 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
13273 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
13274 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
13277 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
13278 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13279 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13280 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
13285 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
13286 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
13287 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
13293 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13294 free (input_debug
.line
);
13295 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
13296 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
13297 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
13298 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
13299 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
13300 free (input_debug
.ss
);
13301 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
13302 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
13303 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
13304 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
13306 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13307 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13308 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13311 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
13313 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13314 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13315 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
13317 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
13318 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
13320 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
13323 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
13324 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
13328 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
13334 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13337 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
13339 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
13340 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13341 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
13345 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13346 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
13348 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13349 matters, but someday it might). */
13350 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13355 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
13357 const char *subname
;
13360 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
13363 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13364 information describing how the small data area would
13365 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13366 not used in executables files. */
13367 if (! info
->relocatable
)
13369 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13371 asection
*input_section
;
13373 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13375 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13380 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13382 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13383 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13384 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13387 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13388 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13389 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13391 /* Really remove the section. */
13392 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
13393 --abfd
->section_count
;
13398 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13399 uninitialized data. */
13400 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13401 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
13402 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13406 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13407 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13408 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
13409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
13413 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13414 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13415 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13416 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13417 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13418 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13419 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
13421 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
13422 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
13424 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
13425 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13426 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
13429 /* Set up the first entry. */
13431 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13432 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
13435 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
13436 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
13438 /* Combine the input sections. */
13439 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13441 asection
*input_section
;
13443 bfd_size_type size
;
13444 unsigned long last
;
13445 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
13447 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13449 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13454 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13455 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13457 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13458 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13459 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13460 size
= input_section
->size
;
13462 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13464 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
13466 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
13467 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
13473 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13474 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
13475 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
13481 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
13483 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
13484 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
13487 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13489 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
13490 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
13492 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
13498 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
13501 /* We need a new table entry. */
13502 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13503 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
13504 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
13510 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
13511 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
13513 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13514 value, since that will be implied by this new
13517 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13519 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
13521 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
13522 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
13526 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
13527 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13532 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13535 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13536 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13537 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13540 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13542 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
13544 /* Swap out the table. */
13545 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13546 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13547 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
13553 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
13554 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
13557 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13558 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
13560 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13561 matters, but someday it might). */
13562 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13566 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13567 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
13570 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13572 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
13574 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13576 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
13577 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13581 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
13583 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
13584 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
13586 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
13589 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13592 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
13594 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
13595 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
13596 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
13600 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
13602 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
13603 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
13604 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
13608 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
13610 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13611 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
13613 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
13614 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
13615 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
13623 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13625 struct mips_mach_extension
{
13626 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13630 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13631 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13633 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
13634 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13635 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13636 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13637 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13639 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13640 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13641 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13642 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13643 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13645 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13646 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13648 /* R10000 extensions. */
13649 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13650 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13651 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13653 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13654 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13655 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13656 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13657 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13658 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13659 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
13661 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13662 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13663 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13664 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13665 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13666 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13668 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13669 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13670 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13672 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13673 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13674 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13675 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13676 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13677 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13678 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13679 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13680 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13681 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13682 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13684 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13685 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
13687 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13688 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13689 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13691 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13692 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
13693 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
13697 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13700 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
13704 if (extension
== base
)
13707 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13708 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
13711 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13712 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
13715 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
13716 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
13718 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
13719 if (extension
== base
)
13727 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13730 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
13732 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
13733 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13734 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13735 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13736 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13737 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13738 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
13742 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13743 there are conflicting attributes. */
13745 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13747 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
13748 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
13751 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
13752 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13753 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13754 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
13756 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
13758 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13759 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13761 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13763 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
13768 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13769 non-conflicting ones. */
13770 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13771 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13773 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
13774 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
13775 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
13776 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13777 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13780 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13784 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13785 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13790 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13791 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13796 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13797 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13798 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13803 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13804 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13805 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13806 "-mdouble-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13812 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13816 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13817 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13822 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13823 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13828 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13829 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13830 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13835 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13836 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13837 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13838 "-msingle-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13844 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13850 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13851 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13856 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13857 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13858 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13859 "-msoft-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13865 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13869 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13870 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13871 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13876 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13877 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13878 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13883 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13884 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13889 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13890 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13891 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13892 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13898 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13902 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13903 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13904 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13905 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mdouble-float");
13910 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13911 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13912 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13913 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msingle-float");
13918 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13919 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13920 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13921 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msoft-float");
13926 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13927 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13928 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13929 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13934 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13935 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13936 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13937 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
,
13938 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13945 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13946 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13951 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13952 object file when linking. */
13955 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13957 flagword old_flags
;
13958 flagword new_flags
;
13960 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
13963 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13964 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
13966 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13967 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13972 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
13975 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
13977 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13978 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13983 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
13986 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
13987 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13988 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
13990 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
13992 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
13993 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
13994 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13995 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
13997 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
13998 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
13999 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
14000 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
14002 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
14003 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14010 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14012 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14013 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14015 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14016 doesn't seem to matter. */
14017 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14018 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14020 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14021 just be able to ignore this. */
14022 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14023 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14025 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14026 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14027 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14029 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14032 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
14033 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
14034 actually cause any incompatibility. */
14035 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
14037 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
14038 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
14039 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
14040 not affect compatibility. */
14041 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
14042 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
14043 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
14045 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
14046 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
14047 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
14049 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
14053 if (null_input_bfd
)
14058 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14059 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14061 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14062 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14067 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14068 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14069 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14070 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14072 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14073 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14075 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14076 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14078 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14079 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14083 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14085 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14086 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14088 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14089 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14090 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14091 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14092 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14093 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14094 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14096 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14097 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14098 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
14099 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
14100 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14101 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14105 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14106 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14107 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14109 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
14110 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
14115 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14116 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14118 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14119 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14120 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
14121 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14122 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14124 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14125 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14126 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14127 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14129 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14130 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14132 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
14133 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
14136 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14137 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14140 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14141 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14142 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
14144 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14145 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14146 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14147 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14148 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
14149 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
14151 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
14153 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14154 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14156 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14157 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14161 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14163 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14164 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14167 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14168 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
14170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14171 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14172 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
14173 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
14179 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14186 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14189 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
14191 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
14192 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
14194 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
14195 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
14200 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
14204 default: return "";
14205 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
14206 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14207 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
14208 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14209 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
14210 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14211 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
14212 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14213 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
14214 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14215 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
14216 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14218 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14219 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
14220 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14221 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
14222 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14223 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
14224 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14225 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
14226 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14227 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
14228 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14229 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
14230 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14231 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
14232 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14233 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
14234 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14235 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
14236 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14237 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
14238 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14239 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
14240 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14241 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
14242 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14243 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
14244 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14245 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
14246 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14247 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
14248 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14249 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
14250 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14251 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
14252 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14253 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
14254 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14255 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
14256 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14257 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
14258 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14259 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
14260 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14261 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
14262 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14263 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
14264 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14265 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
14266 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14267 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
14268 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14269 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
14270 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14271 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
14272 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14273 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
14274 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14275 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
14276 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14277 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
14278 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14279 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
14280 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14281 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
14282 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14283 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
14284 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14285 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
14286 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14287 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
14288 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14289 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
14290 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14291 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
14292 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14293 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
14294 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14299 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
14303 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
14305 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14306 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
14308 /* xgettext:c-format */
14309 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
14311 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
14312 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14313 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
14314 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14315 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
14316 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14317 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
14318 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14319 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14320 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14321 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
14322 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14323 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
14324 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
14326 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
14328 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
14329 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
14330 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
14331 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
14332 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
14333 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
14334 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
14335 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
14336 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
14337 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
14338 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
14339 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
14340 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
14341 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
14342 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
14343 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
14344 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
14345 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
14347 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14349 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14350 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
14352 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14353 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
14355 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14356 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
14358 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
14359 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
14361 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14363 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
14364 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
14366 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
14367 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
14369 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
14370 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
14372 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
14373 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
14375 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
14376 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
14378 fputc ('\n', file
);
14383 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
14385 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14386 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14387 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
14388 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14389 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14390 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
14391 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14394 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14395 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14396 definiton of the symbol. */
14398 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14399 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
14400 bfd_boolean definition
,
14401 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14403 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14405 unsigned char other
;
14407 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
14408 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14409 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
14413 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
14414 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
14417 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14418 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14420 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
14422 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
14426 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14428 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
14429 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14430 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
14433 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14434 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14437 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
14438 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14441 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
14442 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
14446 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
14448 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14449 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
14451 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
14454 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
14455 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14457 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
14458 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;